Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Key Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End Views
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
      • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Fan Control Module Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • BCM Connector End View Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- Underhood Bottom View
      • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End Views
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil/Module Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End Views
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End Views
        • Speaker Connector End Views
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Fan Control Module Harness Connector End View
        • C119 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C121 Left Headlamp Harness to Left Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C122 Right Headlamp Harness to Right Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C131 Forward Lamp Harness to Underhood Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C139 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 2) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 1) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C159 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C166 Forward Lamp Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C168 Forward Lamp Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C180 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C182 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C184 Transmission Harness to Engine Harness Connector End Views
        • C186 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C231 Instrument Panel Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C276 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • 277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Instrument Panel Harness to Left Sunshade Harness Connector End View
        • C375 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Driver Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C379 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Passenger Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C382 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Transmission Harness to Transmission Connector End View
        • C420 Transmission Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
        • C433 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C435 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C437 Instrument Panel Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C439 Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C440 Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C455 Instrument Panel Harness to Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Left Harness
        • C460 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Right Harness
        • C501 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C503 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C555 Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C602 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C666 Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End Views
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Flood Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End Views
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Position Lamp Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Switch Connector End View
        • Reverse Inhibit Solenoid Connector End View
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • Navigation System Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Mode Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Handle Switch Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Indicator Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End Views
        • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • 5-Bow Lowered Switch Connector End View
        • 5-Bow Raised Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Open Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module (FTM) Connector End Views
        • Header Latched Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Tonneau Release Switch Connector End View
        • Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Top Open Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Cushion Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Connector End Views
        • Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View
        • Suspension Control Switch Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Early Production)
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Late Production)
          • BCM Top View
          • BCM Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector
        • Inline Harness Connectors
        • Splice Pack Connectors
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training The GDO For Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description & Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematic Icons
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Active)
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Passive)
        • Key Fob Not Detected
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming (Domestic & Japan)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Key Fob Slot Programming
          • Method 3 - Key Fob Auto Learn
          • Method 4 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
        • Transmitter Programming (Export - Including CANADA)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
      • Description & Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation - Active
          • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation - Passive
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Antennas
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Starting the Vehicle/ACC mode
          • Ignition ON Engine OFF mode
          • Turning OFF The Vehicle
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Passive
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3089: Intrusion Sensor Armed Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Cut-Off Switch Replacement
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic, Canada, and Japan)
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Export )
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for the Steering Column Lock Module
          • Theft Deterrent 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for the Engine Control Module
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • Start Button
          • Key Fobs
          • Keyless Entry Antenna Backup
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Changing the Keyless Access with Push Button Start Components
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0976, B0977, or B0978
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B0976-B0978 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1451
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1451 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • BCM Setup
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Program VIN
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Overview
          • Gateway
          • BCM Functions
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Power Mode
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Fail-safe Operation
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
            • PCM and TCM Power Mode Backup Strategy
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Programming and Setup
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
          • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (6.0L)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Folding Top Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Head Up Display Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup (Domestic, Canada, and Japan)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Replacing Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup (Export)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Replacing Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • Steering Column Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming Procedure
          • TCM Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC B3794
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Clutch Pedal Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • ONSTAR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6.1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6.1)
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit Low Or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-Device Dedicated Bus - Single Or 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • ONSTAR Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ONSTAR One Or More Buttons Inoperative
        • ONSTAR Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable To Contact ONSTAR Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • ONSTAR Button Led Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (Or Noisy) ONSTAR Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current Or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • ONSTAR Reconfiguration (Gen 5)
        • ONSTAR Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular And Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • ONSTAR Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ONSTAR Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6.1)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS & Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6.1)
          • Operation Of The OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • DTC B1259: Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271: Theft Locked
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Antenna System Test
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor Or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One Or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One Or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers On One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers On One Channel Inoperative Only On Digital Radio
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • BOSE Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Tape Cleaning Intervals
          • Cleaning Procedure
            • Tools Required
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume COMPENSATOR Interior
        • Antenna Module Replacement (Convertible)
        • Antenna Module Replacement (Coupe)
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
      • Description & Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
              • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theftlock
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Radio Personalization w/Home & Away Feature (If Equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
              • Notes
              • Displaying Program Information
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting A PTY
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Ballast, Bulb, Cover Replacement - HID Headlamp
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
              • Notes
              • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3619
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3634
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3659
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3744
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Switch Replacement - Ignition and Start, DIC Display and HUD Dimmer
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine
          • Check Oil Level
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Info Reset
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip Reset
        • Head Up Display (HUD)
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Engine Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Ballast, Bulb, Cover Replacement - HID Headlamp
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
              • Notes
              • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Window Frame Front Applique Bracket Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (Except DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit
        • Full-Cut Method
        • Stationary Window
        • Rear Window Defogger
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamps Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2528: Front Fog Lamps Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
          • Driver Position Module Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Steering Column Lock Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2510
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2860
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2907
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2910
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Manual)
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
          • Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Telescoping Soft Stop Setup Procedure
        • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
          • Notes
          • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Manual)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Motor Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Telescoping Description
          • Telescoping Operation
          • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • ONSTAR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6.1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6.1)
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit Low Or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-Device Dedicated Bus - Single Or 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • ONSTAR Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ONSTAR One Or More Buttons Inoperative
        • ONSTAR Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable To Contact ONSTAR Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • ONSTAR Button Led Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (Or Noisy) ONSTAR Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current Or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • ONSTAR Reconfiguration (Gen 5)
        • ONSTAR Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular And Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • ONSTAR Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ONSTAR Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6.1)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS & Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6.1)
          • Operation Of The OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • DTC B1259: Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271: Theft Locked
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Antenna System Test
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor Or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One Or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One Or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers On One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers On One Channel Inoperative Only On Digital Radio
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • BOSE Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care & Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Tape Cleaning Intervals
          • Cleaning Procedure
            • Tools Required
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume COMPENSATOR Interior
        • Antenna Module Replacement (Convertible)
        • Antenna Module Replacement (Coupe)
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
      • Description & Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
              • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theftlock
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Radio Personalization w/Home & Away Feature (If Equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
              • Notes
              • Displaying Program Information
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting A PTY
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematic Icons
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
        • Navigation System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0001: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2153: Navigation Electronic Control Unit (Ecu) - VICS Communication Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Navigation Display Module Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Navigation System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Voice Recognition
          • VICS Module - Export
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Exterior Trim
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Fascia Front and Rear
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3619
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3634
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3659
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3744
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Switch Replacement - Ignition and Start, DIC Display and HUD Dimmer
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine
          • Check Oil Level
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Info Reset
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip Reset
        • Head Up Display (HUD)
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Engine Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Extension - Folding Top Stowage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Intermediate (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Intermediate (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Coupe)
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Carpet - Rear Compartment Rear Center
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mounting Plate - Roof Lift Off Panel Front Stowage
        • Folding Top Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Roof Lift Off Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Roof Bow
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Always On (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Domestic)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative (Export)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Ballast, Bulb, Cover Replacement - HID Headlamp
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
              • Notes
              • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Enter Programming
              • Notes
              • Driver Selection
              • Exit Lights
              • Fob Reminder
              • Passive Locking
              • Perimeter Lighting
              • Auto Lock
              • Auto Recall
              • Auto Exit Recall
              • Flash At Unlock
              • Flash At Lock
              • DIC Language
              • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat and Memory Mirror Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Window Frame Front Applique Bracket Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (Except DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit
        • Full-Cut Method
        • Stationary Window
        • Rear Window Defogger
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, Or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, Or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, Or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, Or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (W/O A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (With A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Handle, Knob, Switch, Side Shield Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat, Cushion, Cover, Pad Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back Insert, Pad, Cover Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back, Cover, Pad Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Cable Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Bladder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support
          • Notes
          • Power and ground
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
          • Driver Position Module Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Steering Column Lock Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2510
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2860
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2907
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2910
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Manual)
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
          • Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Telescoping Soft Stop Setup Procedure
        • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
          • Notes
          • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Manual)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Motor Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Telescoping Description
          • Telescoping Operation
          • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Function Using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
          • Sensor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Window Frame Front Applique Bracket Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (Except DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit
        • Full-Cut Method
        • Stationary Window
        • Rear Window Defogger
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3715 02
            • B3715 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3715 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3810
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3810 02
            • B3810 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3810 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Washers Always On - Headlamp
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wiper Arm, Blade, Insert Replacement - Front
        • Wiper Motor, Wiper System Module Replacement
        • Solvent Container, Pump, Level Sensor Replacement - Windshield Washer
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Headlamp Washer Nozzle Assembly Replacement
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Low Speed Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Wash Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
        • Headlamp Washer System
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematic Icons
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Active)
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Passive)
        • Key Fob Not Detected
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming (Domestic & Japan)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Key Fob Slot Programming
          • Method 3 - Key Fob Auto Learn
          • Method 4 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
        • Transmitter Programming (Export - Including CANADA)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
      • Description & Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation - Active
          • Keyless Entry System Description & Operation - Passive
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Antennas
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Starting the Vehicle/ACC mode
          • Ignition ON Engine OFF mode
          • Turning OFF The Vehicle
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release - Passive
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3089: Intrusion Sensor Armed Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Cut-Off Switch Replacement
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic, Canada, and Japan)
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Export )
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for the Steering Column Lock Module
          • Theft Deterrent 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for the Engine Control Module
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • Start Button
          • Key Fobs
          • Keyless Entry Antenna Backup
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Changing the Keyless Access with Push Button Start Components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
          • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
          • Air Pressure Test
          • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bumper, Striker, Latch Replacement - Hood
        • Hood, Hinge, Rod, Stud Replacement - Hood
        • Insulator, Seal Replacement - Hood
        • Fender, Insulator, Liner, Brake Caliper Cooling Duct Replacement - Front
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2567: UNDERHOOD Lamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2573: Trunk/Hatch Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Trunk Release Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running The DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Release Inoperative (Coupe)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Release Inoperative (Convertible & Z06)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Tonneau Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Tonneau Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Striker, Bumper Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid, Hinge, Strut Replacement
        • Switch Replacement - Fuel Door And Rear Compartment Release
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Actuator Replacement
        • Fuel Door And Fuel Door Pocket Replacement
        • Lift Window Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Lift Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Lift Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Bracket Replacement - Rear Lift Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Adjustment - Rear Lift Window Panel
          • Minor Adjustment
          • Major Adjustment
        • Quarter Panel, Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Lift Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Folding Top Cover Description & Operation
        • Fuel Fill Door Description & Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description & Operation (Coupe)
        • Luggage Compartment Description & Operation (Convertible & Z06)
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fascia, Valence, Fascia Close Out Panel Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Fascia Grille, Energy Absorber, Fascia Extension Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Fascia, Lower Fascia, Absorber Replacement - Rear Bumper
    • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Exterior Trim
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Fascia Front and Rear
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3619
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3634
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3659
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3744
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Switch Replacement - Ignition and Start, DIC Display and HUD Dimmer
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Engine
          • Check Oil Level
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Info Reset
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip Reset
        • Head Up Display (HUD)
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Engine Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Extension - Folding Top Stowage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Intermediate (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Intermediate (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Coupe)
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Carpet - Rear Compartment Rear Center
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mounting Plate - Roof Lift Off Panel Front Stowage
        • Folding Top Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Roof Lift Off Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Roof Bow
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Suspension
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Rear Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Bolt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Bolt Replacement - Rear (Forward Bolt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Skid Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
          • Driver Position Module Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Steering Column Lock Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2510
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2860
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2907
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2910
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Manual)
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Telescoping)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
          • Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Telescoping Soft Stop Setup Procedure
        • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
          • Notes
          • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Manual)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Motor Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Telescoping)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Telescoping Description
          • Telescoping Operation
          • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Window Frame Front Applique Bracket Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (Except DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit
        • Full-Cut Method
        • Stationary Window
        • Rear Window Defogger
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, Or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, Or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, Or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, Or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (W/O A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (With A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Handle, Knob, Switch, Side Shield Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat, Cushion, Cover, Pad Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back Insert, Pad, Cover Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Back, Cover, Pad Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Cable Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Bladder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support
          • Notes
          • Power and ground
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Folding Top System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Folding Top Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Manual Roof System Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Hose Identification
        • Power Roof Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Folding Top Control (FTC) Module
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1291
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3602
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3666
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3667
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3670
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3971
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • DIC Warning Messages - Roof
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Folding Top Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Folding Top Does Not Open
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Folding Top Does Not Close
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Folding Top Cover Lid, Latch, Actuator Replacement
        • Folding Top Weatherstrip, Retainer Replacement
        • Folding Top No. 1 Bow, Side, Rear Side Rail Replacement
        • Folding Top Link Replacement
        • Power Folding Top Switch Replacement
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Switch Replace
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Striker
        • Folding Top - Adding Fluid
        • Folding Top Pump with Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic System Bleeding Procedure
        • Folding Top Adjustment
          • Pressure Link- Five Bow Pressure on Stowage Lid
          • Stopper Adjustment
        • Folding Top Replacement (Manual Top)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Replacement (Power Top)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip-Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Roof Bow Replacement
        • Folding Top Seal Compression Panel Replacement
        • Folding Top Cover Side Tension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Clock Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Glare Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Hinge Replace
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Struts Replace
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Protector
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Hose Replacement - All
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Receiver Position Sensor Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Top Limit Switches Replacements
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Position Sensor Switch Adjustment - Rear
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Front Latch Handle Replacement
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Rear Latch Replacement
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Rear Locator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Rear Locator Pin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Rear Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Front Latch Handle Striker
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Adjustment
        • Roof Lift Off Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rear Panel Replacement
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Off Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Lift Off Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Folding Top Manual Operation
          • Manually Moving the Folding Top from the Down Position
          • Manually Moving the Folding Top from the Up Position
        • Power Folding Top
          • Power Folding Top System Components
          • Power and Grounds
          • Folding Top Control Switch
          • Folding Top Control Module
          • Folding Top Cover Latch Actuator
          • Folding Top Cover Pull Down Actuator
          • Folding Top Position or Limit Switches
          • System Operation
          • Hydraulic Control
          • Pump Motor and Temperature Sensor
          • Driver Notification
          • Default Operation
          • Power Folding Top Manual Operation
        • Lift Off Panel Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, Or B3849
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1580 Or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1600 Or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, Or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2517 Or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142 Or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3145 Or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3170, B3175T, Or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, Or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Driver Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch, Pull Handle, Map Pocket, Energy Absorber Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door, Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Applique, Weatherstrip, Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door
        • Mirror, Mirror Face Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle, Striker Replacement - Side Door
        • Door Lock, Lock Bezel Replacement - Side Door
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release, Power Window and Power Mirror - Driver Door
        • Switch and Bezel Replacement - Door Latch Release and Power Window - Passenger Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Driver Door
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Passenger Door
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment
        • Window Height Adjustment - Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Window Frame Front Applique Bracket Replacement
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement (Hardtop)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (Except DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit
        • Full-Cut Method
        • Stationary Window
        • Rear Window Defogger
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 - C0050 00
              • Notes
              • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 18
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 - C0050 00
              • Notes
              • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 18
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
              • Notes
              • C0110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0136 00
              • Notes
              • C0136 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0161 11
              • Notes
              • C0161 12
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0179
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186 00
              • Notes
              • C0186 08
            • C0186 09
            • C0186 19
            • C0186 1A
              • Notes
              • C0186 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0196 00
              • Notes
              • C0196 09
            • C0196 1A
            • C0196 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0249 or C0250
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (JL9-J55)
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (J56)
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear (JL9-J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test (STS)
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (J55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System
          • Brake System Indicators
            • Brake
              • Notes
              • Check Brake Fluid
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Disabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Enabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035 - C0050 00
            • Notes
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 18
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 - C0050 00
            • Notes
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 18
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C0110 07
            • Notes
            • C0110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0136
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0136 00
            • Notes
            • C0136 08
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0161 11
            • Notes
            • C0161 12
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0179
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0186 00
            • Notes
            • C0186 08
          • C0186 09
          • C0186 19
          • C0186 1A
            • Notes
            • C0186 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0196 00
            • Notes
            • C0196 09
          • C0196 1A
          • C0196 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0249 or C0250
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0550 00
          • C0550 04
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0710
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0710 00
          • C0710 1A
          • C0710 1F
          • C0710 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0820
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection
          • Physical Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Rear Axle Usage
        • Spacer and Shim Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants, and Sealers
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Change
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Pump Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Pump Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Fitting Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Adapter Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick Connect Fitting
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle - Disassemble
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Disassemble
        • Drive Pinion Disassemble
        • Differential Case Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Case
          • Gears and Shafts
          • Clutch Discs and Plates
          • Bearings and Races
        • Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Carrier
          • Differential Carrier Covers
          • Differential Carrier Seal Plate - Automatic Transmission Applications
          • Drive Pinion Cleaning and Inspection
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Shim Selection
        • Differential Side Bearings Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Assemble
        • Rear Axle - Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Getrag Differential
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Whirring or Squealing Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driveline Tunnel Closeout Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Support Assembly Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Support Assembly Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flexplate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Support Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Propeller Shaft Removal
          • Rear Bearing Housing Disassembly - Manual Transmission
          • Rear Bearing Housing Disassembly - Automatic Transmission
        • Driveline Support Assembly Cleaning and Inspection
        • Driveline Support Assembly Assemble
          • Rear Bearing Housing Assembly - Manual Transmission
          • Rear Bearing Housing Assembly - Automatic Transmission
          • Propeller Shaft Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Driveline Support Assembly Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Key Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End Views
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
      • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Fan Control Module Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • BCM Connector End View Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- Underhood Bottom View
      • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End Views
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil/Module Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End Views
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End Views
        • Speaker Connector End Views
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Fan Control Module Harness Connector End View
        • C119 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C121 Left Headlamp Harness to Left Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C122 Right Headlamp Harness to Right Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C131 Forward Lamp Harness to Underhood Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C139 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 2) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 1) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C159 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C166 Forward Lamp Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C168 Forward Lamp Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C180 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C182 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C184 Transmission Harness to Engine Harness Connector End Views
        • C186 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C231 Instrument Panel Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C276 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • 277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Instrument Panel Harness to Left Sunshade Harness Connector End View
        • C375 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Driver Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C379 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Passenger Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C382 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Transmission Harness to Transmission Connector End View
        • C420 Transmission Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
        • C433 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C435 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C437 Instrument Panel Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C439 Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C440 Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C455 Instrument Panel Harness to Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Left Harness
        • C460 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Right Harness
        • C501 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C503 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C555 Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C602 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C666 Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End Views
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Flood Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End Views
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Position Lamp Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Switch Connector End View
        • Reverse Inhibit Solenoid Connector End View
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • Navigation System Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Mode Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Handle Switch Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Indicator Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End Views
        • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • 5-Bow Lowered Switch Connector End View
        • 5-Bow Raised Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Open Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module (FTM) Connector End Views
        • Header Latched Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Tonneau Release Switch Connector End View
        • Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Top Open Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Cushion Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Connector End Views
        • Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View
        • Suspension Control Switch Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Early Production)
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Late Production)
          • BCM Top View
          • BCM Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector
        • Inline Harness Connectors
        • Splice Pack Connectors
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (7.0L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Fuse Block Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Body Control Module Fuse & Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B3619
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3620
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3621
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3634
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3659
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B3744
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0521
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0522
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0654
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1617
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2066
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2067
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
        • Driver Information Center
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Switch Replacement - Ignition and Start, DIC Display and HUD Dimmer
      • Head Up Display Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
      • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - SIR
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
      • Cupholder Replacement
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
      • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
      • Lock Cylinder Replace - Console Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
      • Console Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Engine
        • Check Oil Level
        • Ice Possible
        • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Notes
        • Info Up
        • Info Down
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Average Speed
          • Battery Voltage
          • Oil Life Remaining
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Timer
          • Tire Pressure Monitor
        • Info Reset
        • English/Metric Button
        • Trip Reset
      • Head Up Display (HUD)
        • Notes
        • Indicator Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Engine Speed Display
          • Radio Display
          • Control Switches
      • Audible Warnings
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamps Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2528: Front Fog Lamps Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Key Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End Views
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
      • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Fan Control Module Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • BCM Connector End View Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- Underhood Bottom View
      • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End Views
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil/Module Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End Views
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End Views
        • Speaker Connector End Views
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Fan Control Module Harness Connector End View
        • C119 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C121 Left Headlamp Harness to Left Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C122 Right Headlamp Harness to Right Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C131 Forward Lamp Harness to Underhood Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C139 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 2) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 1) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C159 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C166 Forward Lamp Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C168 Forward Lamp Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C180 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C182 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C184 Transmission Harness to Engine Harness Connector End Views
        • C186 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C231 Instrument Panel Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C276 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • 277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Instrument Panel Harness to Left Sunshade Harness Connector End View
        • C375 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Driver Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C379 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Passenger Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C382 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Transmission Harness to Transmission Connector End View
        • C420 Transmission Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
        • C433 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C435 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C437 Instrument Panel Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C439 Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C440 Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C455 Instrument Panel Harness to Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Left Harness
        • C460 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Right Harness
        • C501 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C503 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C555 Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C602 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C666 Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End Views
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Flood Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End Views
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Position Lamp Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Switch Connector End View
        • Reverse Inhibit Solenoid Connector End View
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • Navigation System Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Mode Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Handle Switch Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Indicator Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End Views
        • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • 5-Bow Lowered Switch Connector End View
        • 5-Bow Raised Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Open Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module (FTM) Connector End Views
        • Header Latched Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Tonneau Release Switch Connector End View
        • Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Top Open Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Cushion Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Connector End Views
        • Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View
        • Suspension Control Switch Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Early Production)
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Late Production)
          • BCM Top View
          • BCM Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector
        • Inline Harness Connectors
        • Splice Pack Connectors
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (7.0L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Fuse Block Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Key Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End Views
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
      • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Fan Control Module Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • BCM Connector End View Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View- I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View- Underhood Bottom View
      • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End Views
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil/Module Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End Views
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End Views
        • Speaker Connector End Views
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Fan Control Module Harness Connector End View
        • C119 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Harness Connector End Views
        • C121 Left Headlamp Harness to Left Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C122 Right Headlamp Harness to Right Headlamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C131 Forward Lamp Harness to Underhood Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C139 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 2) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil (Bank 1) Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C159 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C166 Forward Lamp Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C168 Forward Lamp Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C180 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C182 Instrument Panel Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C184 Transmission Harness to Engine Harness Connector End Views
        • C186 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C231 Instrument Panel Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C276 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • 277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Instrument Panel Harness to Left Sunshade Harness Connector End View
        • C375 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Driver Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C379 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Passenger Seat Side Air Bag and Pretensioner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness Connector End View
        • C382 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C400 Transmission Harness to Transmission Connector End View
        • C420 Transmission Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
        • C433 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C435 Instrument Panel Harness to Folding Top Harness Connector End View
        • C437 Instrument Panel Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C439 Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C440 Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR Harness to Transmission Harness
        • C455 Instrument Panel Harness to Deck Lid Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Left Harness
        • C460 Fuel Tank Harness to Fuel Tank Jumper Connector End View - Right Harness
        • C501 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C503 Instrument Panel Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C555 Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C602 Instrument Panel Harness to Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C666 Door Harness to Passenger Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End Views
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Flood Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End Views
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Position Lamp Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Switch Connector End View
        • Reverse Inhibit Solenoid Connector End View
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • Navigation System Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Mode Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Handle Switch Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Indicator Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End Views
        • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • 5-Bow Lowered Switch Connector End View
        • 5-Bow Raised Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Open Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Cover Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module (FTM) Connector End Views
        • Header Latched Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Tonneau Release Switch Connector End View
        • Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Top Open Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Cushion Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Connector End Views
        • Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View
        • Suspension Control Switch Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Early Production)
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label (Late Production)
          • BCM Top View
          • BCM Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector
        • Inline Harness Connectors
        • Splice Pack Connectors
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P1258: Engine Coolant OVERTEMPERATURE - Protection Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1482: Cooling Fan Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss Of Coolant (Automatic Transmission)
        • Loss Of Coolant (Manual Transmission)
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempilsticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining And Filling Cooling System (Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (KPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan And Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies And Deflectors
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Cooling System Description And Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Variable Speed Single Fan System
          • Low Coolant Message
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Coolant Over Temp
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
              • Notes
              • Pressure Cap
              • Surge Tank
              • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Coolant Heater
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (Left)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (Right)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement (Exhaust Pipe Rear)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement (Exhaust Muffler)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 6.0L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front/Rear Views
        • Engine Block - Left/Right Side Views
        • Engine Block - Top/Bottom Views
        • Cylinder Head - Top/End Views
        • Cylinder Head - Intake/Exhaust Side Views
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Engine Balancing
        • Notes
        • Crankshaft Balancer
        • Engine Flywheel
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure 6.0L
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump, Screen and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Removal
        • Engine Valley Cover Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Filter and Adapter Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Engine Rear Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump, Screen and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring the Cylinder for Oversize
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
          • Deglazing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring Main Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Using J 43690/J 43690-100
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Replacing the Crankshaft Balancer and Balance Weights
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston, Pin, and Piston Rings
          • Measuring Piston Ring End Gap
          • Connecting Rod and Bearings
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Notes
          • Tool Usage Information
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring Camshaft Lobe Lift
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Lifters
          • Valve Guides
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
          • Valve Guide Reaming
          • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Rear Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Valley Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Screen and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Installation
        • Engine Rear Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter and Adapter Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Notes
        • LS7 Engine
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Notes
        • Camshaft and Drive System
        • Crankshaft
        • Cylinder Heads
        • Engine Block
        • Exhaust Manifolds
        • Intake Manifold
        • Oil Pan
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
        • Valve Train
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
        • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (7.0L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Fuse Block Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - CHEVROLET Engines
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 3.6L
    • 2008 Equinox 3.6L
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tool Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Left Fuel Tank Pipes Removal Procedure
          • Left Fuel Tank Pipes Installation Procedure
          • Right Fuel Tank Pipes Removal Procedure
          • Right Fuel Tank Pipes Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Vacuum Supply)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Engine Purge Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Chassis/Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Tank/Tank)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Vent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement (Left)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement (Right)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0016 To DTC P0130 Or P0156)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155, or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0137 Or P0157 To DTC P0449)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0451 To DTC P2101)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0451
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
            • Test Description
        • DTC P060D
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0690
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0700
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1682
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P2119 To DTC 2176)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Powertrain Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tool Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Left Fuel Tank Pipes Removal Procedure
          • Left Fuel Tank Pipes Installation Procedure
          • Right Fuel Tank Pipes Removal Procedure
          • Right Fuel Tank Pipes Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Vacuum Supply)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Engine Purge Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Chassis/Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Tank/Tank)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine (Vent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement (Left)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement (Right)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0016 To DTC P0130 Or P0156)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155, or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0137 Or P0157 To DTC P0449)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P0451 To DTC P2101)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0451
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
            • Test Description
        • DTC P060D
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0690
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0700
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1682
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROLS (DTC P2119 To DTC 2176)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Beginning
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Powertrain Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Drive Cycles
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 6.0L
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4L60-E/4L65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Hoist
            • Tools Required
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails - Front
            • Under the Frame Rails - Rear
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jack Stands
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
      • ABS Component Handling Caution
      • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
      • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
      • Assistant Driving Caution
      • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
      • Battery Disconnect Caution
      • Brake Dust Caution
      • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
      • Breathing R-134a Caution
      • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
      • Clutch Dust Caution
      • Collision Sectioning Caution
      • Defroster Outlet Caution
      • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
      • Exhaust Service Caution
      • Express Down Feature Caution
      • Eye Protection Caution
      • Folding Top Hydraulic Pressure Caution
      • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
      • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
      • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
      • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
      • Fuel Storage Caution
      • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
      • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
      • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
      • Halogen Bulb Caution
      • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
      • Hot Exhaust System Caution
      • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
      • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
      • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
      • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
      • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
      • Road Test Caution
      • Safety Glasses Caution
      • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
      • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
      • Servicing Electrical Components Caution
      • SIR Caution
      • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
      • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
      • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
      • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
      • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
      • SIR Special Tool Caution
      • Sound Deadener Foam in the Lock Striker Pillars Caution
      • Tilt Spring Caution
      • Vehicle Lifting Caution
      • Window Retention Caution
      • Work Stall Test Caution
      • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
      • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
      • Apply Tape When Removing Body Panel Notice
      • Belt Dressing Notice
      • Brake Caliper Notice
      • Brake Fluid Damage to Electrical Connections Notice
      • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
      • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
      • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
      • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
      • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
      • Constant Velocity Joint Seal Damage Notice
      • Cylinder Hoses Notice
      • Disengaging Connectors Notice
      • Emission Modification Notice
      • Engine Emission Notice
      • Engine Lifting Notice
      • Engine Mounting Notice
      • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipes and Hoses Notice
      • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
      • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
      • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
      • Fastener Notice
      • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
      • Fuel Pressure Notice
      • Fuel System Ground Notice
      • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
      • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
      • Handling IAC Valve Notice
      • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
      • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
      • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
      • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
      • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
      • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
      • Oxygen Sensor Notice
      • PCM and ESD Notice
      • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
      • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
      • Sealant Notice
      • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
      • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
      • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
      • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
      • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
      • Test Probe Notice
      • Transmission Overfill Notice
      • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
      • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Damage Notice
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Handling Notice
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Service Notice
      • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4L60-E/4L65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Hoist
            • Tools Required
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails - Front
            • Under the Frame Rails - Rear
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jack Stands
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
            • Notes
            • DTC Symptom Subtypes
              • Notes
              • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4L60-E/4L65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Hoist
            • Tools Required
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails - Front
            • Under the Frame Rails - Rear
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jack Stands
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Preferred Front Location
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember - Optional Front Location
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning (A/C) Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Tools Required
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • A/C Line/Tube Connector Removal/Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Drain Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Air Temperature Duct Sensor)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Inside and Ambient Air Temp Sensor)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0159 or B0164
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0268, B0408, or B0423
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269, B0409, or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0531, P0532, or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0531
            • P0533
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0646 or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure with a Scan Tool
          • Calibration Procedure without a Scan Tool
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Off Mode
            • Recirculation Mode
            • Automatic Modes
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Front Defrost Mode
            • Mode Switch
            • Dual Zone Control Switch
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
              • Notes
              • Personalization
              • Air Temperature Actuators
              • Air Temperature Sensors
              • Sunload Sensor
              • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0090
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0091
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 4
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel (I/P) Module Disable Switch Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel (I/P) Module Disable Switch LED Replacement
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch (SPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Belt Tether Location
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Belt Tether Location
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
      • Steering Controls Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Controls Component Views
      • Steering Controls Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC C1241
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote PS Fluid Reservoir Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Remote PS Fluid Reservoir Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Telescoping)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Manual)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Body Control Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
        • Driver Position Module Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Steering Column Lock Module Scan Tool Data Definitions (MM6/MZ6/MAE w/M32)
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2510
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2515
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2860
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2897
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2907
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2910
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
      • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
      • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Manual)
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection (Telescoping)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescoping Steering Column Calibration
        • Telescoping Soft Stops
        • Telescoping Soft Stop Setup Procedure
      • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
        • Notes
        • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement (Manual)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement (Manual)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement (Manual)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Manual)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Motor Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Telescoping)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Manual)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Telescoping Description
        • Telescoping Operation
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematic Icons
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Electronic Suspension Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Data Display
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • ESC Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0558
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0575, C0580, C0585, or C0590
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0615, C0620, C0625 or C0630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0696
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0895
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Electronic Suspension Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Soft and Non-Uniform Ride
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Electronic Suspension Control Description
          • Electronic Suspension Control Module
          • Electronic Suspension Control Position Sensors
          • Electronic Suspension Control Shock Absorber or Strut
          • Electronic Suspension Control Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Transverse Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (w/o F55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (W/F55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Notes
          • Trim Height Measurements
            • Notes
            • Trim Height Measurement Preliminary Procedure
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
          • D Height Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Transverse Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement (Outer)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement (Inner)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Notes
          • Trim Height Measurements
            • Notes
            • Trim Height Measurement Preliminary Procedure
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
          • D Height Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
        • Notes
        • Trim Height Measurements
          • Notes
          • Trim Height Measurement Preliminary Procedure
        • Z Height Measurement
        • Z Height Adjustment
        • D Height Measurement
        • D Height Adjustment
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Function Using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
          • Sensor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tires and Wheels
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extended Mobility Tires Replacement
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - Introduction (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - Introduction & Repair Instructions
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connectors
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement (Lower Radiator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement (Upper Radiator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Upper Pipe Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Upper Pipe Replacement - Rear - To Differential Cooler
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Lower Pipe Replacement - Intermediate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Lower Pipe Replacement - Intermediate to Transmission
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Lower Pipe Replacement - Intermediate to Differential Cooler
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid, TCC Solenoid, and Wiring Harness
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate, and Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flexplate to Torque Converter Bolts
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions (TCM)
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Notes
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Hydraulic Diagrams
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only)
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only)
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
        • Holding Fixture Removal
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-4 Band Apply Accumulation
              • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Third and Fourth Gears Prevented
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Remains Applied
              • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission - Service, Diagnosis & Trouble Shooting
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-Up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips in First Gear
        • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
        • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, and No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
        • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip with Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out the Vent
        • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Drive in Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • Delay in Drive and Reverse
        • Lack of Power or Hesitation
    • AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (DTC P0218 To DTC P1815)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0604 or P1621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0722
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0723
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0787
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0788
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0894
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0961
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0973
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0974
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0976
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0977
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1810
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1815
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (DTC P1816 To DTC P2770)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P1816
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2763
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2764
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2769
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2770
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
        • DTC B2710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Hydraulic Diagrams
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only)
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only)
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
        • Holding Fixture Removal
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-4 Band Apply Accumulation
              • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Third and Fourth Gears Prevented
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Remains Applied
              • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
• External Pages